2005-01-07 01:45:51 +00:00
|
|
|
/*-
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1988, 1993
|
|
|
|
* The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
|
|
|
|
* modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
|
|
|
|
* are met:
|
|
|
|
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
|
|
|
|
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
|
|
|
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
|
|
|
|
* notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
|
|
|
|
* documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
|
|
|
* 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
|
|
|
|
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
|
|
|
* without specific prior written permission.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
|
|
|
|
* ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
|
|
|
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
|
|
|
|
* ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE REGENTS OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
|
|
|
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
|
|
|
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS
|
|
|
|
* OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION)
|
|
|
|
* HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
|
|
|
|
* LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
|
|
|
|
* OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
|
|
|
|
* SUCH DAMAGE.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* @(#)if_ether.c 8.1 (Berkeley) 6/10/93
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Ethernet address resolution protocol.
|
|
|
|
* TODO:
|
|
|
|
* add "inuse/lock" bit (or ref. count) along with valid bit
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
|
2007-10-07 20:44:24 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/cdefs.h>
|
|
|
|
__FBSDID("$FreeBSD$");
|
|
|
|
|
1998-01-08 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_inet.h"
|
2002-07-31 16:45:16 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_mac.h"
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#include "opt_carp.h"
|
1998-01-08 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/param.h>
|
1995-12-09 16:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/kernel.h>
|
1999-02-16 10:49:55 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/queue.h>
|
1995-12-09 16:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/sysctl.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/systm.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <sys/mbuf.h>
|
1995-12-09 16:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/malloc.h>
|
2008-09-14 08:24:45 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/proc.h>
|
1996-10-12 19:49:43 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/socket.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/syslog.h>
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <sys/vimage.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <net/if.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <net/if_dl.h>
|
1999-02-20 11:18:00 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/if_types.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/route.h>
|
1995-05-11 00:13:26 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/netisr.h>
|
2000-03-19 21:34:39 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/if_llc.h>
|
2001-02-03 17:25:21 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/ethernet.h>
|
2008-12-02 21:37:28 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/vnet.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include <netinet/in.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <netinet/in_var.h>
|
|
|
|
#include <netinet/if_ether.h>
|
2008-12-02 21:37:28 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <netinet/vinet.h>
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/if_arc.h>
|
1999-03-10 10:11:43 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <net/iso88025.h>
|
|
|
|
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DEV_CARP
|
|
|
|
#include <netinet/ip_carp.h>
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
2006-10-22 11:52:19 +00:00
|
|
|
#include <security/mac/mac_framework.h>
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#define SIN(s) ((struct sockaddr_in *)s)
|
|
|
|
#define SDL(s) ((struct sockaddr_dl *)s)
|
|
|
|
|
1999-02-16 10:49:55 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_DECL(_net_link_ether);
|
1995-12-20 21:53:53 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_NODE(_net_link_ether, PF_INET, inet, CTLFLAG_RW, 0, "");
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* timer values */
|
2008-11-19 09:39:34 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef VIMAGE_GLOBALS
|
|
|
|
static int arpt_keep; /* once resolved, good for 20 more minutes */
|
|
|
|
static int arp_maxtries;
|
|
|
|
static int useloopback; /* use loopback interface for local traffic */
|
|
|
|
static int arp_proxyall;
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
1995-12-09 16:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2008-11-26 22:32:07 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_V_INT(V_NET, vnet_inet, _net_link_ether_inet, OID_AUTO, max_age,
|
|
|
|
CTLFLAG_RW, arpt_keep, 0, "ARP entry lifetime in seconds");
|
1995-12-09 16:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
#define rt_expire rt_rmx.rmx_expire
|
|
|
|
|
1995-10-05 20:08:43 +00:00
|
|
|
struct llinfo_arp {
|
2007-03-22 10:37:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct callout la_timer;
|
1995-10-05 20:08:43 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry *la_rt;
|
2003-02-04 05:28:08 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mbuf *la_hold; /* last packet until resolved/timeout */
|
2003-02-08 15:05:15 +00:00
|
|
|
u_short la_preempt; /* countdown for pre-expiry arps */
|
2005-11-08 12:05:57 +00:00
|
|
|
u_short la_asked; /* # requests sent */
|
1995-10-05 20:08:43 +00:00
|
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
|
2003-03-04 23:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct ifqueue arpintrq;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_V_INT(V_NET, vnet_inet, _net_link_ether_inet, OID_AUTO, maxtries,
|
|
|
|
CTLFLAG_RW, arp_maxtries, 0,
|
|
|
|
"ARP resolution attempts before returning error");
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_V_INT(V_NET, vnet_inet, _net_link_ether_inet, OID_AUTO, useloopback,
|
|
|
|
CTLFLAG_RW, useloopback, 0,
|
|
|
|
"Use the loopback interface for local traffic");
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_V_INT(V_NET, vnet_inet, _net_link_ether_inet, OID_AUTO, proxyall,
|
|
|
|
CTLFLAG_RW, arp_proxyall, 0,
|
|
|
|
"Enable proxy ARP for all suitable requests");
|
1995-12-09 16:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2002-03-19 21:25:46 +00:00
|
|
|
static void arp_init(void);
|
|
|
|
static void arp_rtrequest(int, struct rtentry *, struct rt_addrinfo *);
|
|
|
|
static void arprequest(struct ifnet *,
|
|
|
|
struct in_addr *, struct in_addr *, u_char *);
|
2003-03-04 23:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
static void arpintr(struct mbuf *);
|
2002-03-19 21:25:46 +00:00
|
|
|
static void arptimer(void *);
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct rtentry
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
*arplookup(u_long, int, int, int);
|
1998-01-08 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INET
|
2002-03-19 21:25:46 +00:00
|
|
|
static void in_arpinput(struct mbuf *);
|
1998-01-08 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
1994-10-01 21:50:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2007-03-22 10:37:53 +00:00
|
|
|
* Timeout routine.
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2007-03-22 10:37:53 +00:00
|
|
|
arptimer(void *arg)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2007-03-22 10:37:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt = (struct rtentry *)arg;
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-03-22 10:37:53 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_LOCK_ASSERT(rt);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* The lock is needed to close a theoretical race
|
|
|
|
* between spontaneous expiry and intentional removal.
|
|
|
|
* We still got an extra reference on rtentry, so can
|
|
|
|
* safely pass pointers to its contents.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
in_rtrequest(RTM_DELETE, rt_key(rt), NULL, rt_mask(rt), 0, NULL,
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_fibnum);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Parallel to llc_rtrequest.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1994-12-22 22:00:30 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2007-05-10 15:58:48 +00:00
|
|
|
arp_rtrequest(int req, struct rtentry *rt, struct rt_addrinfo *info)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_NET(curvnet);
|
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_INET(curvnet);
|
2004-03-14 00:44:11 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *gate;
|
|
|
|
struct llinfo_arp *la;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct sockaddr_dl null_sdl = {sizeof(null_sdl), AF_LINK};
|
2004-12-09 00:12:41 +00:00
|
|
|
struct in_ifaddr *ia;
|
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_LOCK_ASSERT(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_flags & RTF_GATEWAY)
|
|
|
|
return;
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
gate = rt->rt_gateway;
|
|
|
|
la = (struct llinfo_arp *)rt->rt_llinfo;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (req) {
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case RTM_ADD:
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* XXX: If this is a manually added route to interface
|
|
|
|
* such as older version of routed or gated might provide,
|
|
|
|
* restore cloning bit.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if ((rt->rt_flags & RTF_HOST) == 0 &&
|
2004-10-26 03:31:58 +00:00
|
|
|
rt_mask(rt) != NULL &&
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
SIN(rt_mask(rt))->sin_addr.s_addr != 0xffffffff)
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_flags |= RTF_CLONING;
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_flags & RTF_CLONING) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Case 1: This route should come from a route to iface.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
rt_setgate(rt, rt_key(rt),
|
|
|
|
(struct sockaddr *)&null_sdl);
|
|
|
|
gate = rt->rt_gateway;
|
|
|
|
SDL(gate)->sdl_type = rt->rt_ifp->if_type;
|
|
|
|
SDL(gate)->sdl_index = rt->rt_ifp->if_index;
|
2005-09-19 22:54:55 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_expire = time_uptime;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Announce a new entry if requested. */
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_flags & RTF_ANNOUNCE)
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
arprequest(rt->rt_ifp,
|
1998-06-12 03:48:19 +00:00
|
|
|
&SIN(rt_key(rt))->sin_addr,
|
|
|
|
&SIN(rt_key(rt))->sin_addr,
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
(u_char *)LLADDR(SDL(gate)));
|
|
|
|
/*FALLTHROUGH*/
|
|
|
|
case RTM_RESOLVE:
|
|
|
|
if (gate->sa_family != AF_LINK ||
|
|
|
|
gate->sa_len < sizeof(null_sdl)) {
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
log(LOG_DEBUG, "%s: bad gateway %s%s\n", __func__,
|
2003-10-03 17:21:17 +00:00
|
|
|
inet_ntoa(SIN(rt_key(rt))->sin_addr),
|
|
|
|
(gate->sa_family != AF_LINK) ?
|
2003-10-03 17:22:14 +00:00
|
|
|
" (!AF_LINK)": "");
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SDL(gate)->sdl_type = rt->rt_ifp->if_type;
|
|
|
|
SDL(gate)->sdl_index = rt->rt_ifp->if_index;
|
|
|
|
if (la != 0)
|
|
|
|
break; /* This happens on a route change */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Case 2: This route may come from cloning, or a manual route
|
|
|
|
* add with a LL address.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
R_Zalloc(la, struct llinfo_arp *, sizeof(*la));
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_llinfo = (caddr_t)la;
|
|
|
|
if (la == 0) {
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
log(LOG_DEBUG, "%s: malloc failed\n", __func__);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* We are storing a route entry outside of radix tree. So,
|
|
|
|
* it can be found and accessed by other means than radix
|
|
|
|
* lookup. The routing code assumes that any rtentry detached
|
|
|
|
* from radix can be destroyed safely. To prevent this, we
|
|
|
|
* add an additional reference.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
RT_ADDREF(rt);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
la->la_rt = rt;
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_flags |= RTF_LLINFO;
|
2007-03-22 10:37:53 +00:00
|
|
|
callout_init_mtx(&la->la_timer, &rt->rt_mtx,
|
|
|
|
CALLOUT_RETURNUNLOCKED);
|
1996-02-05 18:04:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1998-01-08 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INET
|
1996-02-05 18:04:30 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This keeps the multicast addresses from showing up
|
|
|
|
* in `arp -a' listings as unresolved. It's not actually
|
|
|
|
* functional. Then the same for broadcast.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-12-13 04:01:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if (IN_MULTICAST(ntohl(SIN(rt_key(rt))->sin_addr.s_addr)) &&
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifp->if_type != IFT_ARCNET) {
|
1996-02-05 18:04:30 +00:00
|
|
|
ETHER_MAP_IP_MULTICAST(&SIN(rt_key(rt))->sin_addr,
|
|
|
|
LLADDR(SDL(gate)));
|
|
|
|
SDL(gate)->sdl_alen = 6;
|
1996-06-21 21:45:58 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_expire = 0;
|
1996-02-05 18:04:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (in_broadcast(SIN(rt_key(rt))->sin_addr, rt->rt_ifp)) {
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
memcpy(LLADDR(SDL(gate)), rt->rt_ifp->if_broadcastaddr,
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifp->if_addrlen);
|
|
|
|
SDL(gate)->sdl_alen = rt->rt_ifp->if_addrlen;
|
1996-06-21 21:45:58 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_expire = 0;
|
1996-02-05 18:04:30 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1998-01-08 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
1996-02-05 18:04:30 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ia, &V_in_ifaddrhead, ia_link) {
|
2004-12-09 00:12:41 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ia->ia_ifp == rt->rt_ifp &&
|
|
|
|
SIN(rt_key(rt))->sin_addr.s_addr ==
|
|
|
|
(IA_SIN(ia))->sin_addr.s_addr)
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ia) {
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* This test used to be
|
|
|
|
* if (loif.if_flags & IFF_UP)
|
|
|
|
* It allowed local traffic to be forced
|
|
|
|
* through the hardware by configuring the loopback down.
|
|
|
|
* However, it causes problems during network configuration
|
|
|
|
* for boards that can't receive packets they send.
|
|
|
|
* It is now necessary to clear "useloopback" and remove
|
|
|
|
* the route to force traffic out to the hardware.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_expire = 0;
|
2004-04-18 11:45:49 +00:00
|
|
|
bcopy(IF_LLADDR(rt->rt_ifp), LLADDR(SDL(gate)),
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
SDL(gate)->sdl_alen = rt->rt_ifp->if_addrlen);
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (V_useloopback) {
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifp = V_loif;
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_rmx.rmx_mtu = V_loif->if_mtu;
|
2006-09-23 19:24:10 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2004-12-09 00:12:41 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* make sure to set rt->rt_ifa to the interface
|
|
|
|
* address we are using, otherwise we will have trouble
|
|
|
|
* with source address selection.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
ifa = &ia->ia_ifa;
|
|
|
|
if (ifa != rt->rt_ifa) {
|
|
|
|
IFAFREE(rt->rt_ifa);
|
|
|
|
IFAREF(ifa);
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifa = ifa;
|
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
case RTM_DELETE:
|
2007-03-22 10:37:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (la == NULL) /* XXX: at least CARP does this. */
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
break;
|
2007-03-22 10:37:53 +00:00
|
|
|
callout_stop(&la->la_timer);
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_llinfo = NULL;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_flags &= ~RTF_LLINFO;
|
2007-03-22 10:37:53 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_REMREF(rt);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (la->la_hold)
|
|
|
|
m_freem(la->la_hold);
|
|
|
|
Free((caddr_t)la);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Broadcast an ARP request. Caller specifies:
|
|
|
|
* - arp header source ip address
|
|
|
|
* - arp header target ip address
|
|
|
|
* - arp header source ethernet address
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static void
|
2007-05-10 15:58:48 +00:00
|
|
|
arprequest(struct ifnet *ifp, struct in_addr *sip, struct in_addr *tip,
|
|
|
|
u_char *enaddr)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-03-14 00:44:11 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mbuf *m;
|
|
|
|
struct arphdr *ah;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr sa;
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-19 05:47:46 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m = m_gethdr(M_DONTWAIT, MT_DATA)) == NULL)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2004-03-21 06:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
m->m_len = sizeof(*ah) + 2*sizeof(struct in_addr) +
|
|
|
|
2*ifp->if_data.ifi_addrlen;
|
2004-03-21 18:51:26 +00:00
|
|
|
m->m_pkthdr.len = m->m_len;
|
|
|
|
MH_ALIGN(m, m->m_len);
|
|
|
|
ah = mtod(m, struct arphdr *);
|
2004-03-21 06:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bzero((caddr_t)ah, m->m_len);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MAC
|
2007-10-28 15:55:23 +00:00
|
|
|
mac_netinet_arp_send(ifp, m);
|
2004-03-21 06:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ah->ar_pro = htons(ETHERTYPE_IP);
|
|
|
|
ah->ar_hln = ifp->if_addrlen; /* hardware address length */
|
|
|
|
ah->ar_pln = sizeof(struct in_addr); /* protocol address length */
|
|
|
|
ah->ar_op = htons(ARPOP_REQUEST);
|
2004-03-21 06:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
bcopy((caddr_t)enaddr, (caddr_t)ar_sha(ah), ah->ar_hln);
|
|
|
|
bcopy((caddr_t)sip, (caddr_t)ar_spa(ah), ah->ar_pln);
|
|
|
|
bcopy((caddr_t)tip, (caddr_t)ar_tpa(ah), ah->ar_pln);
|
|
|
|
sa.sa_family = AF_ARP;
|
|
|
|
sa.sa_len = 2;
|
|
|
|
m->m_flags |= M_BCAST;
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
(*ifp->if_output)(ifp, m, &sa, (struct rtentry *)0);
|
2004-03-21 06:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
This commit does two things:
1. rt_check() cleanup:
rt_check() is only necessary for some address families to gain access
to the corresponding arp entry, so call it only in/near the *resolve()
routines where it is actually used -- at the moment this is
arpresolve(), nd6_storelladdr() (the call is embedded here),
and atmresolve() (the call is just before atmresolve to reduce
the number of changes).
This change will make it a lot easier to decouple the arp table
from the routing table.
There is an extra call to rt_check() in if_iso88025subr.c to
determine the routing info length. I have left it alone for
the time being.
The interface of arpresolve() and nd6_storelladdr() now changes slightly:
+ the 'rtentry' parameter (really a hint from the upper level layer)
is now passed unchanged from *_output(), so it becomes the route
to the final destination and not to the gateway.
+ the routines will return 0 if resolution is possible, non-zero
otherwise.
+ arpresolve() returns EWOULDBLOCK in case the mbuf is being held
waiting for an arp reply -- in this case the error code is masked
in the caller so the upper layer protocol will not see a failure.
2. arpcom untangling
Where possible, use 'struct ifnet' instead of 'struct arpcom' variables,
and use the IFP2AC macro to access arpcom fields.
This mostly affects the netatalk code.
=== Detailed changes: ===
net/if_arcsubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, remove a useless variable
net/if_atmsubr.c
rt_check() cleanup
net/if_ethersubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, arpcom untangling
net/if_fddisubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, arpcom untangling
net/if_iso88025subr.c
rt_check() cleanup
netatalk/aarp.c
arpcom untangling, remove a block of duplicated code
netatalk/at_extern.h
arpcom untangling
netinet/if_ether.c
rt_check() cleanup (change arpresolve)
netinet6/nd6.c
rt_check() cleanup (change nd6_storelladdr)
2004-04-25 09:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
* Resolve an IP address into an ethernet address.
|
|
|
|
* On input:
|
|
|
|
* ifp is the interface we use
|
|
|
|
* rt0 is the route to the final destination (possibly useless)
|
2007-12-31 23:48:06 +00:00
|
|
|
* m is the mbuf. May be NULL if we don't have a packet.
|
|
|
|
* dst is the next hop,
|
This commit does two things:
1. rt_check() cleanup:
rt_check() is only necessary for some address families to gain access
to the corresponding arp entry, so call it only in/near the *resolve()
routines where it is actually used -- at the moment this is
arpresolve(), nd6_storelladdr() (the call is embedded here),
and atmresolve() (the call is just before atmresolve to reduce
the number of changes).
This change will make it a lot easier to decouple the arp table
from the routing table.
There is an extra call to rt_check() in if_iso88025subr.c to
determine the routing info length. I have left it alone for
the time being.
The interface of arpresolve() and nd6_storelladdr() now changes slightly:
+ the 'rtentry' parameter (really a hint from the upper level layer)
is now passed unchanged from *_output(), so it becomes the route
to the final destination and not to the gateway.
+ the routines will return 0 if resolution is possible, non-zero
otherwise.
+ arpresolve() returns EWOULDBLOCK in case the mbuf is being held
waiting for an arp reply -- in this case the error code is masked
in the caller so the upper layer protocol will not see a failure.
2. arpcom untangling
Where possible, use 'struct ifnet' instead of 'struct arpcom' variables,
and use the IFP2AC macro to access arpcom fields.
This mostly affects the netatalk code.
=== Detailed changes: ===
net/if_arcsubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, remove a useless variable
net/if_atmsubr.c
rt_check() cleanup
net/if_ethersubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, arpcom untangling
net/if_fddisubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, arpcom untangling
net/if_iso88025subr.c
rt_check() cleanup
netatalk/aarp.c
arpcom untangling, remove a block of duplicated code
netatalk/at_extern.h
arpcom untangling
netinet/if_ether.c
rt_check() cleanup (change arpresolve)
netinet6/nd6.c
rt_check() cleanup (change nd6_storelladdr)
2004-04-25 09:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
* desten is where we want the address.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* On success, desten is filled in and the function returns 0;
|
|
|
|
* If the packet must be held pending resolution, we return EWOULDBLOCK
|
|
|
|
* On other errors, we return the corresponding error code.
|
2007-12-31 23:48:06 +00:00
|
|
|
* Note that m_freem() handles NULL.
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
int
|
This commit does two things:
1. rt_check() cleanup:
rt_check() is only necessary for some address families to gain access
to the corresponding arp entry, so call it only in/near the *resolve()
routines where it is actually used -- at the moment this is
arpresolve(), nd6_storelladdr() (the call is embedded here),
and atmresolve() (the call is just before atmresolve to reduce
the number of changes).
This change will make it a lot easier to decouple the arp table
from the routing table.
There is an extra call to rt_check() in if_iso88025subr.c to
determine the routing info length. I have left it alone for
the time being.
The interface of arpresolve() and nd6_storelladdr() now changes slightly:
+ the 'rtentry' parameter (really a hint from the upper level layer)
is now passed unchanged from *_output(), so it becomes the route
to the final destination and not to the gateway.
+ the routines will return 0 if resolution is possible, non-zero
otherwise.
+ arpresolve() returns EWOULDBLOCK in case the mbuf is being held
waiting for an arp reply -- in this case the error code is masked
in the caller so the upper layer protocol will not see a failure.
2. arpcom untangling
Where possible, use 'struct ifnet' instead of 'struct arpcom' variables,
and use the IFP2AC macro to access arpcom fields.
This mostly affects the netatalk code.
=== Detailed changes: ===
net/if_arcsubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, remove a useless variable
net/if_atmsubr.c
rt_check() cleanup
net/if_ethersubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, arpcom untangling
net/if_fddisubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, arpcom untangling
net/if_iso88025subr.c
rt_check() cleanup
netatalk/aarp.c
arpcom untangling, remove a block of duplicated code
netatalk/at_extern.h
arpcom untangling
netinet/if_ether.c
rt_check() cleanup (change arpresolve)
netinet6/nd6.c
rt_check() cleanup (change nd6_storelladdr)
2004-04-25 09:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
arpresolve(struct ifnet *ifp, struct rtentry *rt0, struct mbuf *m,
|
2007-05-10 15:58:48 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr *dst, u_char *desten)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_INET(ifp->if_vnet);
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
struct llinfo_arp *la = NULL;
|
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt = NULL;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_dl *sdl;
|
This commit does two things:
1. rt_check() cleanup:
rt_check() is only necessary for some address families to gain access
to the corresponding arp entry, so call it only in/near the *resolve()
routines where it is actually used -- at the moment this is
arpresolve(), nd6_storelladdr() (the call is embedded here),
and atmresolve() (the call is just before atmresolve to reduce
the number of changes).
This change will make it a lot easier to decouple the arp table
from the routing table.
There is an extra call to rt_check() in if_iso88025subr.c to
determine the routing info length. I have left it alone for
the time being.
The interface of arpresolve() and nd6_storelladdr() now changes slightly:
+ the 'rtentry' parameter (really a hint from the upper level layer)
is now passed unchanged from *_output(), so it becomes the route
to the final destination and not to the gateway.
+ the routines will return 0 if resolution is possible, non-zero
otherwise.
+ arpresolve() returns EWOULDBLOCK in case the mbuf is being held
waiting for an arp reply -- in this case the error code is masked
in the caller so the upper layer protocol will not see a failure.
2. arpcom untangling
Where possible, use 'struct ifnet' instead of 'struct arpcom' variables,
and use the IFP2AC macro to access arpcom fields.
This mostly affects the netatalk code.
=== Detailed changes: ===
net/if_arcsubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, remove a useless variable
net/if_atmsubr.c
rt_check() cleanup
net/if_ethersubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, arpcom untangling
net/if_fddisubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, arpcom untangling
net/if_iso88025subr.c
rt_check() cleanup
netatalk/aarp.c
arpcom untangling, remove a block of duplicated code
netatalk/at_extern.h
arpcom untangling
netinet/if_ether.c
rt_check() cleanup (change arpresolve)
netinet6/nd6.c
rt_check() cleanup (change nd6_storelladdr)
2004-04-25 09:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
int error;
|
2008-09-14 08:19:48 +00:00
|
|
|
int fibnum = -1;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2007-12-31 23:48:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m) {
|
|
|
|
if (m->m_flags & M_BCAST) {
|
|
|
|
/* broadcast */
|
|
|
|
(void)memcpy(desten,
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_broadcastaddr, ifp->if_addrlen);
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (m->m_flags & M_MCAST && ifp->if_type != IFT_ARCNET) {
|
|
|
|
/* multicast */
|
|
|
|
ETHER_MAP_IP_MULTICAST(&SIN(dst)->sin_addr, desten);
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
|
|
|
}
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
fibnum = M_GETFIB(m);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt0 != NULL) {
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Look for a cached arp (ll) entry. */
|
|
|
|
if (m == NULL)
|
|
|
|
fibnum = rt0->rt_fibnum;
|
2008-09-14 08:19:48 +00:00
|
|
|
error = rt_check(&rt, &rt0, dst);
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (error) {
|
|
|
|
m_freem(m);
|
|
|
|
return error;
|
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
la = (struct llinfo_arp *)rt->rt_llinfo;
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (la == NULL)
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2008-09-14 08:19:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If we had no mbuf and no route, then hope the caller
|
|
|
|
* has a fib in mind because we are running out of ideas.
|
|
|
|
* I think this should not happen in current code.
|
|
|
|
* (kmacy would know).
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (fibnum == -1)
|
|
|
|
fibnum = curthread->td_proc->p_fibnum; /* last gasp */
|
|
|
|
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (la == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
/*
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
* We enter this block if rt0 was NULL,
|
2008-09-14 08:19:48 +00:00
|
|
|
* or if rt found by rt_check() didn't have llinfo.
|
|
|
|
* we should get a cloned route, which since it should
|
|
|
|
* come from the local interface should have a ll entry.
|
2008-09-05 01:36:30 +00:00
|
|
|
* It may be incomplete but that's ok.
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
rt = arplookup(SIN(dst)->sin_addr.s_addr, 1, 0, fibnum);
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
log(LOG_DEBUG,
|
|
|
|
"arpresolve: can't allocate route for %s\n",
|
|
|
|
inet_ntoa(SIN(dst)->sin_addr));
|
|
|
|
m_freem(m);
|
|
|
|
return (EINVAL); /* XXX */
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
la = (struct llinfo_arp *)rt->rt_llinfo;
|
|
|
|
if (la == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
log(LOG_DEBUG,
|
|
|
|
"arpresolve: can't allocate llinfo for %s\n",
|
|
|
|
inet_ntoa(SIN(dst)->sin_addr));
|
|
|
|
m_freem(m);
|
|
|
|
return (EINVAL); /* XXX */
|
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
sdl = SDL(rt->rt_gateway);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Check the address family and length is valid, the address
|
|
|
|
* is resolved; otherwise, try to resolve.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-09-19 22:54:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((rt->rt_expire == 0 || rt->rt_expire > time_uptime) &&
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
sdl->sdl_family == AF_LINK && sdl->sdl_alen != 0) {
|
2005-09-09 10:06:27 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bcopy(LLADDR(sdl), desten, sdl->sdl_alen);
|
|
|
|
|
2002-03-20 15:56:36 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If entry has an expiry time and it is approaching,
|
2005-11-08 12:05:57 +00:00
|
|
|
* send an ARP request.
|
2002-03-20 15:56:36 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if ((rt->rt_expire != 0) &&
|
2005-09-19 22:54:55 +00:00
|
|
|
(time_uptime + la->la_preempt > rt->rt_expire)) {
|
2005-09-09 10:06:27 +00:00
|
|
|
struct in_addr sin =
|
|
|
|
SIN(rt->rt_ifa->ifa_addr)->sin_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
2003-02-08 15:05:15 +00:00
|
|
|
la->la_preempt--;
|
2005-09-09 10:06:27 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
arprequest(ifp, &sin, &SIN(dst)->sin_addr,
|
|
|
|
IF_LLADDR(ifp));
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
2002-03-20 15:56:36 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
This commit does two things:
1. rt_check() cleanup:
rt_check() is only necessary for some address families to gain access
to the corresponding arp entry, so call it only in/near the *resolve()
routines where it is actually used -- at the moment this is
arpresolve(), nd6_storelladdr() (the call is embedded here),
and atmresolve() (the call is just before atmresolve to reduce
the number of changes).
This change will make it a lot easier to decouple the arp table
from the routing table.
There is an extra call to rt_check() in if_iso88025subr.c to
determine the routing info length. I have left it alone for
the time being.
The interface of arpresolve() and nd6_storelladdr() now changes slightly:
+ the 'rtentry' parameter (really a hint from the upper level layer)
is now passed unchanged from *_output(), so it becomes the route
to the final destination and not to the gateway.
+ the routines will return 0 if resolution is possible, non-zero
otherwise.
+ arpresolve() returns EWOULDBLOCK in case the mbuf is being held
waiting for an arp reply -- in this case the error code is masked
in the caller so the upper layer protocol will not see a failure.
2. arpcom untangling
Where possible, use 'struct ifnet' instead of 'struct arpcom' variables,
and use the IFP2AC macro to access arpcom fields.
This mostly affects the netatalk code.
=== Detailed changes: ===
net/if_arcsubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, remove a useless variable
net/if_atmsubr.c
rt_check() cleanup
net/if_ethersubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, arpcom untangling
net/if_fddisubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, arpcom untangling
net/if_iso88025subr.c
rt_check() cleanup
netatalk/aarp.c
arpcom untangling, remove a block of duplicated code
netatalk/at_extern.h
arpcom untangling
netinet/if_ether.c
rt_check() cleanup (change arpresolve)
netinet6/nd6.c
rt_check() cleanup (change nd6_storelladdr)
2004-04-25 09:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
return (0);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-06-15 21:00:32 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2003-10-01 08:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
* If ARP is disabled or static on this interface, stop.
|
2001-06-15 21:00:32 +00:00
|
|
|
* XXX
|
|
|
|
* Probably should not allocate empty llinfo struct if we are
|
|
|
|
* not going to be sending out an arp request.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-10-01 08:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_flags & (IFF_NOARP | IFF_STATICARP)) {
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
2001-12-05 18:13:34 +00:00
|
|
|
m_freem(m);
|
This commit does two things:
1. rt_check() cleanup:
rt_check() is only necessary for some address families to gain access
to the corresponding arp entry, so call it only in/near the *resolve()
routines where it is actually used -- at the moment this is
arpresolve(), nd6_storelladdr() (the call is embedded here),
and atmresolve() (the call is just before atmresolve to reduce
the number of changes).
This change will make it a lot easier to decouple the arp table
from the routing table.
There is an extra call to rt_check() in if_iso88025subr.c to
determine the routing info length. I have left it alone for
the time being.
The interface of arpresolve() and nd6_storelladdr() now changes slightly:
+ the 'rtentry' parameter (really a hint from the upper level layer)
is now passed unchanged from *_output(), so it becomes the route
to the final destination and not to the gateway.
+ the routines will return 0 if resolution is possible, non-zero
otherwise.
+ arpresolve() returns EWOULDBLOCK in case the mbuf is being held
waiting for an arp reply -- in this case the error code is masked
in the caller so the upper layer protocol will not see a failure.
2. arpcom untangling
Where possible, use 'struct ifnet' instead of 'struct arpcom' variables,
and use the IFP2AC macro to access arpcom fields.
This mostly affects the netatalk code.
=== Detailed changes: ===
net/if_arcsubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, remove a useless variable
net/if_atmsubr.c
rt_check() cleanup
net/if_ethersubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, arpcom untangling
net/if_fddisubr.c
rt_check() cleanup, arpcom untangling
net/if_iso88025subr.c
rt_check() cleanup
netatalk/aarp.c
arpcom untangling, remove a block of duplicated code
netatalk/at_extern.h
arpcom untangling
netinet/if_ether.c
rt_check() cleanup (change arpresolve)
netinet6/nd6.c
rt_check() cleanup (change nd6_storelladdr)
2004-04-25 09:24:52 +00:00
|
|
|
return (EINVAL);
|
2001-12-05 18:13:34 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* There is an arptab entry, but no ethernet address
|
|
|
|
* response yet. Replace the held mbuf with this
|
|
|
|
* latest one.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2007-12-31 23:48:06 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m) {
|
|
|
|
if (la->la_hold)
|
|
|
|
m_freem(la->la_hold);
|
|
|
|
la->la_hold = m;
|
2007-12-17 04:19:25 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-11-08 12:05:57 +00:00
|
|
|
KASSERT(rt->rt_expire > 0, ("sending ARP request for static entry"));
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-11-08 12:05:57 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Return EWOULDBLOCK if we have tried less than arp_maxtries. It
|
|
|
|
* will be masked by ether_output(). Return EHOSTDOWN/EHOSTUNREACH
|
|
|
|
* if we have already sent arp_maxtries ARP requests. Retransmit the
|
|
|
|
* ARP request, but not faster than one request per second.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (la->la_asked < V_arp_maxtries)
|
2005-11-08 12:05:57 +00:00
|
|
|
error = EWOULDBLOCK; /* First request. */
|
|
|
|
else
|
|
|
|
error = (rt == rt0) ? EHOSTDOWN : EHOSTUNREACH;
|
|
|
|
|
2007-01-14 18:44:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (la->la_asked == 0 || rt->rt_expire != time_uptime) {
|
2005-11-08 12:05:57 +00:00
|
|
|
struct in_addr sin =
|
|
|
|
SIN(rt->rt_ifa->ifa_addr)->sin_addr;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_expire = time_uptime;
|
2007-03-22 10:37:53 +00:00
|
|
|
callout_reset(&la->la_timer, hz, arptimer, rt);
|
2007-01-14 18:44:17 +00:00
|
|
|
la->la_asked++;
|
2005-11-08 12:05:57 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
arprequest(ifp, &sin, &SIN(dst)->sin_addr,
|
|
|
|
IF_LLADDR(ifp));
|
|
|
|
} else
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
return (error);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Common length and type checks are done here,
|
|
|
|
* then the protocol-specific routine is called.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
1995-12-09 16:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2003-03-04 23:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
arpintr(struct mbuf *m)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2003-03-04 23:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
struct arphdr *ar;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-04 23:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m->m_len < sizeof(struct arphdr) &&
|
|
|
|
((m = m_pullup(m, sizeof(struct arphdr))) == NULL)) {
|
|
|
|
log(LOG_ERR, "arp: runt packet -- m_pullup failed\n");
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ar = mtod(m, struct arphdr *);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-04 23:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ntohs(ar->ar_hrd) != ARPHRD_ETHER &&
|
|
|
|
ntohs(ar->ar_hrd) != ARPHRD_IEEE802 &&
|
2004-06-13 10:54:36 +00:00
|
|
|
ntohs(ar->ar_hrd) != ARPHRD_ARCNET &&
|
|
|
|
ntohs(ar->ar_hrd) != ARPHRD_IEEE1394) {
|
2003-03-04 23:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
log(LOG_ERR, "arp: unknown hardware address format (0x%2D)\n",
|
|
|
|
(unsigned char *)&ar->ar_hrd, "");
|
|
|
|
m_freem(m);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2003-12-23 14:08:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (m->m_len < arphdr_len(ar)) {
|
2003-12-23 13:33:23 +00:00
|
|
|
if ((m = m_pullup(m, arphdr_len(ar))) == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
log(LOG_ERR, "arp: runt packet\n");
|
|
|
|
m_freem(m);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
ar = mtod(m, struct arphdr *);
|
2003-03-04 23:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2000-03-11 00:24:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-03-04 23:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
switch (ntohs(ar->ar_pro)) {
|
1998-01-08 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INET
|
2003-03-04 23:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
case ETHERTYPE_IP:
|
|
|
|
in_arpinput(m);
|
|
|
|
return;
|
1998-01-08 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2003-03-04 23:19:55 +00:00
|
|
|
m_freem(m);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1998-01-08 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef INET
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* ARP for Internet protocols on 10 Mb/s Ethernet.
|
|
|
|
* Algorithm is that given in RFC 826.
|
|
|
|
* In addition, a sanity check is performed on the sender
|
|
|
|
* protocol address, to catch impersonators.
|
|
|
|
* We no longer handle negotiations for use of trailer protocol:
|
|
|
|
* Formerly, ARP replied for protocol type ETHERTYPE_TRAIL sent
|
|
|
|
* along with IP replies if we wanted trailers sent to us,
|
|
|
|
* and also sent them in response to IP replies.
|
|
|
|
* This allowed either end to announce the desire to receive
|
|
|
|
* trailer packets.
|
|
|
|
* We no longer reply to requests for ETHERTYPE_TRAIL protocol either,
|
|
|
|
* but formerly didn't normally send requests.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-01-06 00:45:08 +00:00
|
|
|
static int log_arp_wrong_iface = 1;
|
2001-09-03 21:53:15 +00:00
|
|
|
static int log_arp_movements = 1;
|
2005-12-18 19:11:56 +00:00
|
|
|
static int log_arp_permanent_modify = 1;
|
2001-01-06 00:45:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_net_link_ether_inet, OID_AUTO, log_arp_wrong_iface, CTLFLAG_RW,
|
|
|
|
&log_arp_wrong_iface, 0,
|
|
|
|
"log arp packets arriving on the wrong interface");
|
2001-09-03 21:53:15 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_net_link_ether_inet, OID_AUTO, log_arp_movements, CTLFLAG_RW,
|
|
|
|
&log_arp_movements, 0,
|
2001-09-04 15:25:23 +00:00
|
|
|
"log arp replies from MACs different than the one in the cache");
|
2005-12-18 19:11:56 +00:00
|
|
|
SYSCTL_INT(_net_link_ether_inet, OID_AUTO, log_arp_permanent_modify, CTLFLAG_RW,
|
|
|
|
&log_arp_permanent_modify, 0,
|
|
|
|
"log arp replies from MACs different than the one in the permanent arp entry");
|
2001-09-03 21:53:15 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-01-06 00:45:08 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
2007-05-10 15:58:48 +00:00
|
|
|
in_arpinput(struct mbuf *m)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-03-14 00:44:11 +00:00
|
|
|
struct arphdr *ah;
|
|
|
|
struct ifnet *ifp = m->m_pkthdr.rcvif;
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
struct llinfo_arp *la;
|
2004-03-14 00:44:11 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt;
|
2001-09-29 04:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
struct ifaddr *ifa;
|
|
|
|
struct in_ifaddr *ia;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_dl *sdl;
|
|
|
|
struct sockaddr sa;
|
|
|
|
struct in_addr isaddr, itaddr, myaddr;
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
struct mbuf *hold;
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
u_int8_t *enaddr = NULL;
|
2000-03-19 21:34:39 +00:00
|
|
|
int op, rif_len;
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
int req_len;
|
2008-08-18 09:06:11 +00:00
|
|
|
int bridged = 0, is_bridge = 0;
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
u_int fibnum;
|
|
|
|
u_int goodfib = 0;
|
|
|
|
int firstpass = 1;
|
2005-03-13 11:23:22 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DEV_CARP
|
2005-03-09 10:00:01 +00:00
|
|
|
int carp_match = 0;
|
2005-03-13 11:23:22 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
2007-12-12 20:53:25 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in sin;
|
|
|
|
sin.sin_len = sizeof(struct sockaddr_in);
|
|
|
|
sin.sin_family = AF_INET;
|
2007-12-17 07:40:34 +00:00
|
|
|
sin.sin_addr.s_addr = 0;
|
Step 1.5 of importing the network stack virtualization infrastructure
from the vimage project, as per plan established at devsummit 08/08:
http://wiki.freebsd.org/Image/Notes200808DevSummit
Introduce INIT_VNET_*() initializer macros, VNET_FOREACH() iterator
macros, and CURVNET_SET() context setting macros, all currently
resolving to NOPs.
Prepare for virtualization of selected SYSCTL objects by introducing a
family of SYSCTL_V_*() macros, currently resolving to their global
counterparts, i.e. SYSCTL_V_INT() == SYSCTL_INT().
Move selected #defines from sys/sys/vimage.h to newly introduced header
files specific to virtualized subsystems (sys/net/vnet.h,
sys/netinet/vinet.h etc.).
All the changes are verified to have zero functional impact at this
point in time by doing MD5 comparision between pre- and post-change
object files(*).
(*) netipsec/keysock.c did not validate depending on compile time options.
Implemented by: julian, bz, brooks, zec
Reviewed by: julian, bz, brooks, kris, rwatson, ...
Approved by: julian (mentor)
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
X-MFC after: never
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
2008-10-02 15:37:58 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_INET(ifp->if_vnet);
|
|
|
|
|
2006-01-29 23:21:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_bridge)
|
2005-06-05 03:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
bridged = 1;
|
2008-08-18 09:06:11 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_type == IFT_BRIDGE)
|
|
|
|
is_bridge = 1;
|
2005-06-05 03:13:13 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
req_len = arphdr_len2(ifp->if_addrlen, sizeof(struct in_addr));
|
|
|
|
if (m->m_len < req_len && (m = m_pullup(m, req_len)) == NULL) {
|
2001-03-27 12:34:58 +00:00
|
|
|
log(LOG_ERR, "in_arp: runt packet -- m_pullup failed\n");
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ah = mtod(m, struct arphdr *);
|
|
|
|
op = ntohs(ah->ar_op);
|
|
|
|
(void)memcpy(&isaddr, ar_spa(ah), sizeof (isaddr));
|
|
|
|
(void)memcpy(&itaddr, ar_tpa(ah), sizeof (itaddr));
|
2004-09-09 12:34:07 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2001-09-29 04:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* For a bridge, we want to check the address irrespective
|
|
|
|
* of the receive interface. (This will change slightly
|
|
|
|
* when we have clusters of interfaces).
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
* If the interface does not match, but the recieving interface
|
|
|
|
* is part of carp, we call carp_iamatch to see if this is a
|
|
|
|
* request for the virtual host ip.
|
|
|
|
* XXX: This is really ugly!
|
2001-09-29 04:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-03-09 10:00:01 +00:00
|
|
|
LIST_FOREACH(ia, INADDR_HASH(itaddr.s_addr), ia_hash) {
|
2006-03-07 21:40:44 +00:00
|
|
|
if (((bridged && ia->ia_ifp->if_bridge != NULL) ||
|
2006-01-31 21:29:41 +00:00
|
|
|
(ia->ia_ifp == ifp)) &&
|
2005-03-09 10:00:01 +00:00
|
|
|
itaddr.s_addr == ia->ia_addr.sin_addr.s_addr)
|
|
|
|
goto match;
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DEV_CARP
|
2005-03-09 10:00:01 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_carp != NULL &&
|
|
|
|
carp_iamatch(ifp->if_carp, ia, &isaddr, &enaddr) &&
|
|
|
|
itaddr.s_addr == ia->ia_addr.sin_addr.s_addr) {
|
|
|
|
carp_match = 1;
|
2001-09-29 04:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
goto match;
|
2005-03-09 10:00:01 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-09-29 04:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
LIST_FOREACH(ia, INADDR_HASH(isaddr.s_addr), ia_hash)
|
2006-03-07 21:40:44 +00:00
|
|
|
if (((bridged && ia->ia_ifp->if_bridge != NULL) ||
|
2006-01-31 21:29:41 +00:00
|
|
|
(ia->ia_ifp == ifp)) &&
|
2001-09-29 04:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
isaddr.s_addr == ia->ia_addr.sin_addr.s_addr)
|
|
|
|
goto match;
|
2008-08-18 09:06:11 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
#define BDG_MEMBER_MATCHES_ARP(addr, ifp, ia) \
|
|
|
|
(ia->ia_ifp->if_bridge == ifp->if_softc && \
|
|
|
|
!bcmp(IF_LLADDR(ia->ia_ifp), IF_LLADDR(ifp), ifp->if_addrlen) && \
|
|
|
|
addr == ia->ia_addr.sin_addr.s_addr)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Check the case when bridge shares its MAC address with
|
|
|
|
* some of its children, so packets are claimed by bridge
|
|
|
|
* itself (bridge_input() does it first), but they are really
|
|
|
|
* meant to be destined to the bridge member.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (is_bridge) {
|
|
|
|
LIST_FOREACH(ia, INADDR_HASH(itaddr.s_addr), ia_hash) {
|
|
|
|
if (BDG_MEMBER_MATCHES_ARP(itaddr.s_addr, ifp, ia)) {
|
|
|
|
ifp = ia->ia_ifp;
|
|
|
|
goto match;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#undef BDG_MEMBER_MATCHES_ARP
|
|
|
|
|
2001-09-29 04:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2001-10-20 05:14:06 +00:00
|
|
|
* No match, use the first inet address on the receive interface
|
2001-09-29 04:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
* as a dummy address for the rest of the function.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-10-20 05:14:06 +00:00
|
|
|
TAILQ_FOREACH(ifa, &ifp->if_addrhead, ifa_link)
|
2006-06-29 19:22:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifa->ifa_addr->sa_family == AF_INET) {
|
2001-10-25 06:14:21 +00:00
|
|
|
ia = ifatoia(ifa);
|
|
|
|
goto match;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If bridging, fall back to using any inet address.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!bridged || (ia = TAILQ_FIRST(&V_in_ifaddrhead)) == NULL)
|
2004-04-25 15:00:17 +00:00
|
|
|
goto drop;
|
2001-09-29 04:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
match:
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!enaddr)
|
|
|
|
enaddr = (u_int8_t *)IF_LLADDR(ifp);
|
2001-09-29 04:34:11 +00:00
|
|
|
myaddr = ia->ia_addr.sin_addr;
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!bcmp(ar_sha(ah), enaddr, ifp->if_addrlen))
|
2004-04-25 15:00:17 +00:00
|
|
|
goto drop; /* it's from me, ignore it. */
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!bcmp(ar_sha(ah), ifp->if_broadcastaddr, ifp->if_addrlen)) {
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
log(LOG_ERR,
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
"arp: link address is broadcast for IP address %s!\n",
|
1995-03-16 17:32:27 +00:00
|
|
|
inet_ntoa(isaddr));
|
2004-04-25 15:00:17 +00:00
|
|
|
goto drop;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2004-10-12 17:10:40 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Warn if another host is using the same IP address, but only if the
|
|
|
|
* IP address isn't 0.0.0.0, which is used for DHCP only, in which
|
|
|
|
* case we suppress the warning to avoid false positive complaints of
|
|
|
|
* potential misconfiguration.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-10-04 19:50:02 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!bridged && isaddr.s_addr == myaddr.s_addr && myaddr.s_addr != 0) {
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
log(LOG_ERR,
|
2007-12-04 13:01:12 +00:00
|
|
|
"arp: %*D is using my IP address %s on %s!\n",
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
ifp->if_addrlen, (u_char *)ar_sha(ah), ":",
|
2007-12-04 13:01:12 +00:00
|
|
|
inet_ntoa(isaddr), ifp->if_xname);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
itaddr = myaddr;
|
|
|
|
goto reply;
|
|
|
|
}
|
2003-10-01 08:32:37 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_flags & IFF_STATICARP)
|
|
|
|
goto reply;
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
2008-08-31 18:54:35 +00:00
|
|
|
* We look for any FIB that has this address to find
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
* the interface etc.
|
|
|
|
* For sanity checks that are FIB independent we abort the loop.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
for (fibnum = 0; fibnum < rt_numfibs; fibnum++) {
|
|
|
|
rt = arplookup(isaddr.s_addr,
|
|
|
|
itaddr.s_addr == myaddr.s_addr, 0, fibnum);
|
|
|
|
if (rt == NULL)
|
|
|
|
continue;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
sdl = SDL(rt->rt_gateway);
|
|
|
|
/* Only call this once */
|
|
|
|
if (firstpass) {
|
|
|
|
sin.sin_addr.s_addr = isaddr.s_addr;
|
|
|
|
EVENTHANDLER_INVOKE(route_arp_update_event, rt,
|
|
|
|
ar_sha(ah), (struct sockaddr *)&sin);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2007-12-16 06:42:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
la = (struct llinfo_arp *)rt->rt_llinfo;
|
|
|
|
if (la == NULL) {
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
continue;
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (firstpass) {
|
|
|
|
/* The following is not an error when doing bridging. */
|
|
|
|
if (!bridged && rt->rt_ifp != ifp
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DEV_CARP
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
&& (ifp->if_type != IFT_CARP || !carp_match)
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
) {
|
|
|
|
if (log_arp_wrong_iface)
|
|
|
|
log(LOG_ERR, "arp: %s is on %s "
|
|
|
|
"but got reply from %*D "
|
|
|
|
"on %s\n",
|
|
|
|
inet_ntoa(isaddr),
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifp->if_xname,
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_addrlen,
|
|
|
|
(u_char *)ar_sha(ah), ":",
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_xname);
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (sdl->sdl_alen &&
|
|
|
|
bcmp(ar_sha(ah), LLADDR(sdl), sdl->sdl_alen)) {
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_expire) {
|
|
|
|
if (log_arp_movements)
|
|
|
|
log(LOG_INFO,
|
|
|
|
"arp: %s moved from %*D to %*D "
|
|
|
|
"on %s\n",
|
|
|
|
inet_ntoa(isaddr),
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_addrlen,
|
|
|
|
(u_char *)LLADDR(sdl), ":",
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_addrlen,
|
|
|
|
(u_char *)ar_sha(ah), ":",
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_xname);
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
if (log_arp_permanent_modify)
|
|
|
|
log(LOG_ERR,
|
|
|
|
"arp: %*D attempts to "
|
|
|
|
"modify permanent entry "
|
|
|
|
"for %s on %s\n",
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_addrlen,
|
|
|
|
(u_char *)ar_sha(ah), ":",
|
|
|
|
inet_ntoa(isaddr),
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_xname);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
* sanity check for the address length.
|
|
|
|
* XXX this does not work for protocols
|
|
|
|
* with variable address length. -is
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
if (sdl->sdl_alen &&
|
|
|
|
sdl->sdl_alen != ah->ar_hln) {
|
|
|
|
log(LOG_WARNING,
|
|
|
|
"arp from %*D: new addr len %d, was %d",
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_addrlen, (u_char *) ar_sha(ah),
|
|
|
|
":", ah->ar_hln, sdl->sdl_alen);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_addrlen != ah->ar_hln) {
|
|
|
|
log(LOG_WARNING,
|
|
|
|
"arp from %*D: addr len: "
|
|
|
|
"new %d, i/f %d (ignored)",
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_addrlen, (u_char *) ar_sha(ah),
|
|
|
|
":", ah->ar_hln, ifp->if_addrlen);
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
firstpass = 0;
|
|
|
|
goodfib = fibnum;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Copy in the information received. */
|
|
|
|
(void)memcpy(LLADDR(sdl), ar_sha(ah),
|
|
|
|
sdl->sdl_alen = ah->ar_hln);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If we receive an arp from a token-ring station over
|
|
|
|
* a token-ring nic then try to save the source routing info.
|
|
|
|
* XXXMRT Only minimal Token Ring support for MRT.
|
|
|
|
* Only do this on the first pass as if modifies the mbuf.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
if (ifp->if_type == IFT_ISO88025) {
|
|
|
|
struct iso88025_header *th = NULL;
|
|
|
|
struct iso88025_sockaddr_dl_data *trld;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* force the fib loop to end after this pass */
|
|
|
|
fibnum = rt_numfibs - 1;
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
th = (struct iso88025_header *)m->m_pkthdr.header;
|
|
|
|
trld = SDL_ISO88025(sdl);
|
|
|
|
rif_len = TR_RCF_RIFLEN(th->rcf);
|
|
|
|
if ((th->iso88025_shost[0] & TR_RII) &&
|
|
|
|
(rif_len > 2)) {
|
|
|
|
trld->trld_rcf = th->rcf;
|
|
|
|
trld->trld_rcf ^= htons(TR_RCF_DIR);
|
|
|
|
memcpy(trld->trld_route, th->rd, rif_len - 2);
|
|
|
|
trld->trld_rcf &= ~htons(TR_RCF_BCST_MASK);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Set up source routing information for
|
|
|
|
* reply packet (XXX)
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
m->m_data -= rif_len;
|
|
|
|
m->m_len += rif_len;
|
|
|
|
m->m_pkthdr.len += rif_len;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
th->iso88025_shost[0] &= ~TR_RII;
|
|
|
|
trld->trld_rcf = 0;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
m->m_data -= 8;
|
|
|
|
m->m_len += 8;
|
|
|
|
m->m_pkthdr.len += 8;
|
|
|
|
th->rcf = trld->trld_rcf;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_expire) {
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
rt->rt_expire = time_uptime + V_arpt_keep;
|
|
|
|
callout_reset(&la->la_timer, hz * V_arpt_keep,
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
arptimer, rt);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
la->la_asked = 0;
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
la->la_preempt = V_arp_maxtries;
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
hold = la->la_hold;
|
|
|
|
la->la_hold = NULL;
|
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
if (hold != NULL)
|
|
|
|
(*ifp->if_output)(ifp, hold, rt_key(rt), rt);
|
|
|
|
} /* end of FIB loop */
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
reply:
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Decide if we have to respond to something.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2004-04-25 15:00:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (op != ARPOP_REQUEST)
|
|
|
|
goto drop;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (itaddr.s_addr == myaddr.s_addr) {
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Shortcut.. the receiving interface is the target. */
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
(void)memcpy(ar_tha(ah), ar_sha(ah), ah->ar_hln);
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
(void)memcpy(ar_sha(ah), enaddr, ah->ar_hln);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
} else {
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/* It's not asking for our address. But it still may
|
|
|
|
* be something we should answer.
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
* XXX MRT
|
|
|
|
* We assume that link level info is independent of
|
|
|
|
* the table used and so we use whichever we can and don't
|
|
|
|
* have a better option.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* Have we been asked to proxy for the target. */
|
|
|
|
rt = arplookup(itaddr.s_addr, 0, SIN_PROXY, goodfib);
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt == NULL) {
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/* Nope, only intersted now if proxying everything. */
|
1994-10-01 21:50:33 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_in sin;
|
|
|
|
|
Commit step 1 of the vimage project, (network stack)
virtualization work done by Marko Zec (zec@).
This is the first in a series of commits over the course
of the next few weeks.
Mark all uses of global variables to be virtualized
with a V_ prefix.
Use macros to map them back to their global names for
now, so this is a NOP change only.
We hope to have caught at least 85-90% of what is needed
so we do not invalidate a lot of outstanding patches again.
Obtained from: //depot/projects/vimage-commit2/...
Reviewed by: brooks, des, ed, mav, julian,
jamie, kris, rwatson, zec, ...
(various people I forgot, different versions)
md5 (with a bit of help)
Sponsored by: NLnet Foundation, The FreeBSD Foundation
X-MFC after: never
V_Commit_Message_Reviewed_By: more people than the patch
2008-08-17 23:27:27 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!V_arp_proxyall)
|
2004-04-25 15:00:17 +00:00
|
|
|
goto drop;
|
1994-10-01 21:50:33 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
bzero(&sin, sizeof sin);
|
|
|
|
sin.sin_family = AF_INET;
|
|
|
|
sin.sin_len = sizeof sin;
|
|
|
|
sin.sin_addr = itaddr;
|
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/* XXX MRT use table 0 for arp reply */
|
|
|
|
rt = in_rtalloc1((struct sockaddr *)&sin, 0, 0UL, 0);
|
2004-04-25 15:00:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!rt)
|
|
|
|
goto drop;
|
1994-10-01 21:50:33 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Don't send proxies for nodes on the same interface
|
|
|
|
* as this one came out of, or we'll get into a fight
|
|
|
|
* over who claims what Ether address.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_ifp == ifp) {
|
1994-10-01 21:50:33 +00:00
|
|
|
rtfree(rt);
|
2004-04-25 15:00:17 +00:00
|
|
|
goto drop;
|
1994-10-01 21:50:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
(void)memcpy(ar_tha(ah), ar_sha(ah), ah->ar_hln);
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
(void)memcpy(ar_sha(ah), enaddr, ah->ar_hln);
|
1994-10-01 21:50:33 +00:00
|
|
|
rtfree(rt);
|
2000-07-13 19:31:01 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Also check that the node which sent the ARP packet
|
|
|
|
* is on the the interface we expect it to be on. This
|
|
|
|
* avoids ARP chaos if an interface is connected to the
|
|
|
|
* wrong network.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
sin.sin_addr = isaddr;
|
|
|
|
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
/* XXX MRT use table 0 for arp checks */
|
|
|
|
rt = in_rtalloc1((struct sockaddr *)&sin, 0, 0UL, 0);
|
2004-04-25 15:00:17 +00:00
|
|
|
if (!rt)
|
|
|
|
goto drop;
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_ifp != ifp) {
|
2000-07-13 19:31:01 +00:00
|
|
|
log(LOG_INFO, "arp_proxy: ignoring request"
|
2003-10-31 18:32:15 +00:00
|
|
|
" from %s via %s, expecting %s\n",
|
|
|
|
inet_ntoa(isaddr), ifp->if_xname,
|
|
|
|
rt->rt_ifp->if_xname);
|
2000-07-13 19:31:01 +00:00
|
|
|
rtfree(rt);
|
2004-04-25 15:00:17 +00:00
|
|
|
goto drop;
|
2000-07-13 19:31:01 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
rtfree(rt);
|
|
|
|
|
1994-11-02 00:58:29 +00:00
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_PROXY
|
1995-05-30 08:16:23 +00:00
|
|
|
printf("arp: proxying for %s\n",
|
1995-03-16 17:32:27 +00:00
|
|
|
inet_ntoa(itaddr));
|
1994-10-01 21:50:33 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2005-08-25 13:25:57 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Return proxied ARP replies only on the interface
|
2006-06-09 00:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
* or bridge cluster where this network resides.
|
|
|
|
* Otherwise we may conflict with the host we are
|
|
|
|
* proxying for.
|
2005-08-25 13:25:57 +00:00
|
|
|
*/
|
2006-06-09 00:33:30 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_ifp != ifp &&
|
2006-10-04 10:59:21 +00:00
|
|
|
(rt->rt_ifp->if_bridge != ifp->if_bridge ||
|
|
|
|
ifp->if_bridge == NULL)) {
|
2005-08-25 13:25:57 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
|
|
|
goto drop;
|
|
|
|
}
|
1994-10-01 21:50:33 +00:00
|
|
|
sdl = SDL(rt->rt_gateway);
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
(void)memcpy(ar_tha(ah), ar_sha(ah), ah->ar_hln);
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
(void)memcpy(ar_sha(ah), LLADDR(sdl), ah->ar_hln);
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_UNLOCK(rt);
|
1994-10-01 21:50:33 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
2007-02-02 20:31:44 +00:00
|
|
|
if (itaddr.s_addr == myaddr.s_addr &&
|
|
|
|
IN_LINKLOCAL(ntohl(itaddr.s_addr))) {
|
|
|
|
/* RFC 3927 link-local IPv4; always reply by broadcast. */
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_LINKLOCAL
|
|
|
|
printf("arp: sending reply for link-local addr %s\n",
|
|
|
|
inet_ntoa(itaddr));
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
m->m_flags |= M_BCAST;
|
|
|
|
m->m_flags &= ~M_MCAST;
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
|
|
|
/* default behaviour; never reply by broadcast. */
|
|
|
|
m->m_flags &= ~(M_BCAST|M_MCAST);
|
|
|
|
}
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
(void)memcpy(ar_tpa(ah), ar_spa(ah), ah->ar_pln);
|
|
|
|
(void)memcpy(ar_spa(ah), &itaddr, ah->ar_pln);
|
|
|
|
ah->ar_op = htons(ARPOP_REPLY);
|
|
|
|
ah->ar_pro = htons(ETHERTYPE_IP); /* let's be sure! */
|
2004-03-21 06:36:05 +00:00
|
|
|
m->m_len = sizeof(*ah) + (2 * ah->ar_pln) + (2 * ah->ar_hln);
|
|
|
|
m->m_pkthdr.len = m->m_len;
|
|
|
|
sa.sa_family = AF_ARP;
|
|
|
|
sa.sa_len = 2;
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
(*ifp->if_output)(ifp, m, &sa, (struct rtentry *)0);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
return;
|
2004-04-25 15:00:17 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
drop:
|
|
|
|
m_freem(m);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
1998-01-08 23:42:31 +00:00
|
|
|
#endif
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* Lookup or enter a new address in arptab.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
static struct rtentry *
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
arplookup(u_long addr, int create, int proxy, int fibnum)
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
2004-03-14 00:44:11 +00:00
|
|
|
struct rtentry *rt;
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
struct sockaddr_inarp sin;
|
1994-11-02 00:58:29 +00:00
|
|
|
const char *why = 0;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
bzero(&sin, sizeof(sin));
|
|
|
|
sin.sin_len = sizeof(sin);
|
|
|
|
sin.sin_family = AF_INET;
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
sin.sin_addr.s_addr = addr;
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
if (proxy)
|
|
|
|
sin.sin_other = SIN_PROXY;
|
Add code to allow the system to handle multiple routing tables.
This particular implementation is designed to be fully backwards compatible
and to be MFC-able to 7.x (and 6.x)
Currently the only protocol that can make use of the multiple tables is IPv4
Similar functionality exists in OpenBSD and Linux.
From my notes:
-----
One thing where FreeBSD has been falling behind, and which by chance I
have some time to work on is "policy based routing", which allows
different
packet streams to be routed by more than just the destination address.
Constraints:
------------
I want to make some form of this available in the 6.x tree
(and by extension 7.x) , but FreeBSD in general needs it so I might as
well do it in -current and back port the portions I need.
One of the ways that this can be done is to have the ability to
instantiate multiple kernel routing tables (which I will now
refer to as "Forwarding Information Bases" or "FIBs" for political
correctness reasons). Which FIB a particular packet uses to make
the next hop decision can be decided by a number of mechanisms.
The policies these mechanisms implement are the "Policies" referred
to in "Policy based routing".
One of the constraints I have if I try to back port this work to
6.x is that it must be implemented as a EXTENSION to the existing
ABIs in 6.x so that third party applications do not need to be
recompiled in timespan of the branch.
This first version will not have some of the bells and whistles that
will come with later versions. It will, for example, be limited to 16
tables in the first commit.
Implementation method, Compatible version. (part 1)
-------------------------------
For this reason I have implemented a "sufficient subset" of a
multiple routing table solution in Perforce, and back-ported it
to 6.x. (also in Perforce though not always caught up with what I
have done in -current/P4). The subset allows a number of FIBs
to be defined at compile time (8 is sufficient for my purposes in 6.x)
and implements the changes needed to allow IPV4 to use them. I have not
done the changes for ipv6 simply because I do not need it, and I do not
have enough knowledge of ipv6 (e.g. neighbor discovery) needed to do it.
Other protocol families are left untouched and should there be
users with proprietary protocol families, they should continue to work
and be oblivious to the existence of the extra FIBs.
To understand how this is done, one must know that the current FIB
code starts everything off with a single dimensional array of
pointers to FIB head structures (One per protocol family), each of
which in turn points to the trie of routes available to that family.
The basic change in the ABI compatible version of the change is to
extent that array to be a 2 dimensional array, so that
instead of protocol family X looking at rt_tables[X] for the
table it needs, it looks at rt_tables[Y][X] when for all
protocol families except ipv4 Y is always 0.
Code that is unaware of the change always just sees the first row
of the table, which of course looks just like the one dimensional
array that existed before.
The entry points rtrequest(), rtalloc(), rtalloc1(), rtalloc_ign()
are all maintained, but refer only to the first row of the array,
so that existing callers in proprietary protocols can continue to
do the "right thing".
Some new entry points are added, for the exclusive use of ipv4 code
called in_rtrequest(), in_rtalloc(), in_rtalloc1() and in_rtalloc_ign(),
which have an extra argument which refers the code to the correct row.
In addition, there are some new entry points (currently called
rtalloc_fib() and friends) that check the Address family being
looked up and call either rtalloc() (and friends) if the protocol
is not IPv4 forcing the action to row 0 or to the appropriate row
if it IS IPv4 (and that info is available). These are for calling
from code that is not specific to any particular protocol. The way
these are implemented would change in the non ABI preserving code
to be added later.
One feature of the first version of the code is that for ipv4,
the interface routes show up automatically on all the FIBs, so
that no matter what FIB you select you always have the basic
direct attached hosts available to you. (rtinit() does this
automatically).
You CAN delete an interface route from one FIB should you want
to but by default it's there. ARP information is also available
in each FIB. It's assumed that the same machine would have the
same MAC address, regardless of which FIB you are using to get
to it.
This brings us as to how the correct FIB is selected for an outgoing
IPV4 packet.
Firstly, all packets have a FIB associated with them. if nothing
has been done to change it, it will be FIB 0. The FIB is changed
in the following ways.
Packets fall into one of a number of classes.
1/ locally generated packets, coming from a socket/PCB.
Such packets select a FIB from a number associated with the
socket/PCB. This in turn is inherited from the process,
but can be changed by a socket option. The process in turn
inherits it on fork. I have written a utility call setfib
that acts a bit like nice..
setfib -3 ping target.example.com # will use fib 3 for ping.
It is an obvious extension to make it a property of a jail
but I have not done so. It can be achieved by combining the setfib and
jail commands.
2/ packets received on an interface for forwarding.
By default these packets would use table 0,
(or possibly a number settable in a sysctl(not yet)).
but prior to routing the firewall can inspect them (see below).
(possibly in the future you may be able to associate a FIB
with packets received on an interface.. An ifconfig arg, but not yet.)
3/ packets inspected by a packet classifier, which can arbitrarily
associate a fib with it on a packet by packet basis.
A fib assigned to a packet by a packet classifier
(such as ipfw) would over-ride a fib associated by
a more default source. (such as cases 1 or 2).
4/ a tcp listen socket associated with a fib will generate
accept sockets that are associated with that same fib.
5/ Packets generated in response to some other packet (e.g. reset
or icmp packets). These should use the FIB associated with the
packet being reponded to.
6/ Packets generated during encapsulation.
gif, tun and other tunnel interfaces will encapsulate using the FIB
that was in effect withthe proces that set up the tunnel.
thus setfib 1 ifconfig gif0 [tunnel instructions]
will set the fib for the tunnel to use to be fib 1.
Routing messages would be associated with their
process, and thus select one FIB or another.
messages from the kernel would be associated with the fib they
refer to and would only be received by a routing socket associated
with that fib. (not yet implemented)
In addition Netstat has been edited to be able to cope with the
fact that the array is now 2 dimensional. (It looks in system
memory using libkvm (!)). Old versions of netstat see only the first FIB.
In addition two sysctls are added to give:
a) the number of FIBs compiled in (active)
b) the default FIB of the calling process.
Early testing experience:
-------------------------
Basically our (IronPort's) appliance does this functionality already
using ipfw fwd but that method has some drawbacks.
For example,
It can't fully simulate a routing table because it can't influence the
socket's choice of local address when a connect() is done.
Testing during the generating of these changes has been
remarkably smooth so far. Multiple tables have co-existed
with no notable side effects, and packets have been routes
accordingly.
ipfw has grown 2 new keywords:
setfib N ip from anay to any
count ip from any to any fib N
In pf there seems to be a requirement to be able to give symbolic names to the
fibs but I do not have that capacity. I am not sure if it is required.
SCTP has interestingly enough built in support for this, called VRFs
in Cisco parlance. it will be interesting to see how that handles it
when it suddenly actually does something.
Where to next:
--------------------
After committing the ABI compatible version and MFCing it, I'd
like to proceed in a forward direction in -current. this will
result in some roto-tilling in the routing code.
Firstly: the current code's idea of having a separate tree per
protocol family, all of the same format, and pointed to by the
1 dimensional array is a bit silly. Especially when one considers that
there is code that makes assumptions about every protocol having the
same internal structures there. Some protocols don't WANT that
sort of structure. (for example the whole idea of a netmask is foreign
to appletalk). This needs to be made opaque to the external code.
My suggested first change is to add routing method pointers to the
'domain' structure, along with information pointing the data.
instead of having an array of pointers to uniform structures,
there would be an array pointing to the 'domain' structures
for each protocol address domain (protocol family),
and the methods this reached would be called. The methods would have
an argument that gives FIB number, but the protocol would be free
to ignore it.
When the ABI can be changed it raises the possibilty of the
addition of a fib entry into the "struct route". Currently,
the structure contains the sockaddr of the desination, and the resulting
fib entry. To make this work fully, one could add a fib number
so that given an address and a fib, one can find the third element, the
fib entry.
Interaction with the ARP layer/ LL layer would need to be
revisited as well. Qing Li has been working on this already.
This work was sponsored by Ironport Systems/Cisco
Reviewed by: several including rwatson, bz and mlair (parts each)
Obtained from: Ironport systems/Cisco
2008-05-09 23:03:00 +00:00
|
|
|
rt = in_rtalloc1((struct sockaddr *)&sin, create, 0UL, fibnum);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt == 0)
|
|
|
|
return (0);
|
1994-11-02 00:58:29 +00:00
|
|
|
|
1995-12-09 16:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_flags & RTF_GATEWAY)
|
1994-11-02 00:58:29 +00:00
|
|
|
why = "host is not on local network";
|
1995-12-09 16:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
else if ((rt->rt_flags & RTF_LLINFO) == 0)
|
1994-11-02 00:58:29 +00:00
|
|
|
why = "could not allocate llinfo";
|
1995-12-09 16:06:54 +00:00
|
|
|
else if (rt->rt_gateway->sa_family != AF_LINK)
|
1994-11-02 00:58:29 +00:00
|
|
|
why = "gateway route is not ours";
|
|
|
|
|
2003-09-23 16:39:31 +00:00
|
|
|
if (why) {
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
#define ISDYNCLONE(_rt) \
|
|
|
|
(((_rt)->rt_flags & (RTF_STATIC | RTF_WASCLONED)) == RTF_WASCLONED)
|
|
|
|
if (create)
|
2003-09-23 16:39:31 +00:00
|
|
|
log(LOG_DEBUG, "arplookup %s failed: %s\n",
|
|
|
|
inet_ntoa(sin.sin_addr), why);
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
/*
|
|
|
|
* If there are no references to this Layer 2 route,
|
|
|
|
* and it is a cloned route, and not static, and
|
|
|
|
* arplookup() is creating the route, then purge
|
|
|
|
* it from the routing table as it is probably bogus.
|
|
|
|
*/
|
2003-10-30 23:02:51 +00:00
|
|
|
if (rt->rt_refcnt == 1 && ISDYNCLONE(rt))
|
|
|
|
rtexpunge(rt);
|
|
|
|
RTFREE_LOCKED(rt);
|
2003-09-23 16:39:31 +00:00
|
|
|
return (0);
|
2003-10-04 03:44:50 +00:00
|
|
|
#undef ISDYNCLONE
|
|
|
|
} else {
|
2003-11-08 23:36:32 +00:00
|
|
|
RT_REMREF(rt);
|
2005-08-11 08:25:48 +00:00
|
|
|
return (rt);
|
1994-05-24 10:09:53 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
1994-12-22 21:56:22 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2007-05-10 15:58:48 +00:00
|
|
|
arp_ifinit(struct ifnet *ifp, struct ifaddr *ifa)
|
1994-12-22 21:56:22 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
1997-05-14 16:39:52 +00:00
|
|
|
if (ntohl(IA_SIN(ifa)->sin_addr.s_addr) != INADDR_ANY)
|
2001-10-14 20:17:53 +00:00
|
|
|
arprequest(ifp, &IA_SIN(ifa)->sin_addr,
|
|
|
|
&IA_SIN(ifa)->sin_addr, IF_LLADDR(ifp));
|
1994-12-22 21:56:22 +00:00
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_rtrequest = arp_rtrequest;
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_flags |= RTF_CLONING;
|
|
|
|
}
|
Lock down the network interface queues. The queue mutex must be obtained
before adding/removing packets from the queue. Also, the if_obytes and
if_omcasts fields should only be manipulated under protection of the mutex.
IF_ENQUEUE, IF_PREPEND, and IF_DEQUEUE perform all necessary locking on
the queue. An IF_LOCK macro is provided, as well as the old (mutex-less)
versions of the macros in the form _IF_ENQUEUE, _IF_QFULL, for code which
needs them, but their use is discouraged.
Two new macros are introduced: IF_DRAIN() to drain a queue, and IF_HANDOFF,
which takes care of locking/enqueue, and also statistics updating/start
if necessary.
2000-11-25 07:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
void
|
2007-05-10 15:58:48 +00:00
|
|
|
arp_ifinit2(struct ifnet *ifp, struct ifaddr *ifa, u_char *enaddr)
|
2005-02-22 13:04:05 +00:00
|
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
if (ntohl(IA_SIN(ifa)->sin_addr.s_addr) != INADDR_ANY)
|
|
|
|
arprequest(ifp, &IA_SIN(ifa)->sin_addr,
|
|
|
|
&IA_SIN(ifa)->sin_addr, enaddr);
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_rtrequest = arp_rtrequest;
|
|
|
|
ifa->ifa_flags |= RTF_CLONING;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
Lock down the network interface queues. The queue mutex must be obtained
before adding/removing packets from the queue. Also, the if_obytes and
if_omcasts fields should only be manipulated under protection of the mutex.
IF_ENQUEUE, IF_PREPEND, and IF_DEQUEUE perform all necessary locking on
the queue. An IF_LOCK macro is provided, as well as the old (mutex-less)
versions of the macros in the form _IF_ENQUEUE, _IF_QFULL, for code which
needs them, but their use is discouraged.
Two new macros are introduced: IF_DRAIN() to drain a queue, and IF_HANDOFF,
which takes care of locking/enqueue, and also statistics updating/start
if necessary.
2000-11-25 07:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
static void
|
|
|
|
arp_init(void)
|
|
|
|
{
|
2008-11-19 09:39:34 +00:00
|
|
|
INIT_VNET_INET(curvnet);
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
V_arpt_keep = (20*60); /* once resolved, good for 20 more minutes */
|
|
|
|
V_arp_maxtries = 5;
|
|
|
|
V_useloopback = 1; /* use loopback interface for local traffic */
|
|
|
|
V_arp_proxyall = 0;
|
Lock down the network interface queues. The queue mutex must be obtained
before adding/removing packets from the queue. Also, the if_obytes and
if_omcasts fields should only be manipulated under protection of the mutex.
IF_ENQUEUE, IF_PREPEND, and IF_DEQUEUE perform all necessary locking on
the queue. An IF_LOCK macro is provided, as well as the old (mutex-less)
versions of the macros in the form _IF_ENQUEUE, _IF_QFULL, for code which
needs them, but their use is discouraged.
Two new macros are introduced: IF_DRAIN() to drain a queue, and IF_HANDOFF,
which takes care of locking/enqueue, and also statistics updating/start
if necessary.
2000-11-25 07:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
arpintrq.ifq_maxlen = 50;
|
2002-04-04 21:03:38 +00:00
|
|
|
mtx_init(&arpintrq.ifq_mtx, "arp_inq", NULL, MTX_DEF);
|
2008-07-04 00:21:38 +00:00
|
|
|
netisr_register(NETISR_ARP, arpintr, &arpintrq, 0);
|
Lock down the network interface queues. The queue mutex must be obtained
before adding/removing packets from the queue. Also, the if_obytes and
if_omcasts fields should only be manipulated under protection of the mutex.
IF_ENQUEUE, IF_PREPEND, and IF_DEQUEUE perform all necessary locking on
the queue. An IF_LOCK macro is provided, as well as the old (mutex-less)
versions of the macros in the form _IF_ENQUEUE, _IF_QFULL, for code which
needs them, but their use is discouraged.
Two new macros are introduced: IF_DRAIN() to drain a queue, and IF_HANDOFF,
which takes care of locking/enqueue, and also statistics updating/start
if necessary.
2000-11-25 07:35:38 +00:00
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
SYSINIT(arp, SI_SUB_PROTO_DOMAIN, SI_ORDER_ANY, arp_init, 0);
|